From e5d31c3a4f6f092fc1ed8eb8626cf51703bf62b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:15:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 649aedff47..84236a02b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. -GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4991a04d6a7e330305e2de09755c28e29a23c3af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:18:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 84236a02b7..cb89a45bec 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is mas GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. +GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 16152f1a9bf19ddbb02ec659a059fb9278caa2d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:41:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cb89a45bec..5890de90ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0348512c0dde11f41b2f232618469ca6e7dcfd44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 19:48:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5890de90ff..ef527b84e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8e1c153c29c73b30ee87f1a94c0d960349ad5457 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 19:59:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ef527b84e7..57c3534c28 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,9 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 5b8ecbb5c5e1bf13c269242e8c91fdd8114ea740 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:00:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 57c3534c28..6cfd3bede1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 60c90a7508204940fd0602f95c67ed6770ca5598 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:03:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6cfd3bede1..93a0f89ede 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -490,8 +490,9 @@ GAL 4 5 awb9 ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem See how you translated the word “r GAL 4 5 s6fw ὑπὸ νόμον 1 See how you translated the phrase **under the law** in [4:4](../04/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” -GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 6a9532e13b2f5c6cb14939e5963ba2276ae2dc7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 93a0f89ede..30557dd52d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -492,17 +492,18 @@ GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introd GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor υἱοθεσίαν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 391df346e445b8423a5af8736c619f32da418002 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:24:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 30557dd52d..87ec5649ea 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -502,10 +502,13 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +GAL 4 7 jkor ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. From 783459af0059cb3e82ddd80d97f74add1934ef08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:24:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 87ec5649ea..24bdeac528 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -GAL 4 7 jkor ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From acb89cca1cfd699cd67cccbf0cd1a6966777e252 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:33:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 24bdeac528..9245844bf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -511,6 +511,7 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c5f537b9e0ead9b843328a3965964bb3d79fe81d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:45:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9245844bf8..c66e1a4ea6 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@ GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3b0dd09e1d14db6289671c5bfad3f772f90ab9c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:47:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c66e1a4ea6..11d82b8fdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject of his discussion here is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) From 04b74d8670d225073014baa634de488150e9b50d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:50:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 11d82b8fdb..9e891e1a05 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,12 +505,11 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject of his discussion here is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From 78342ee5d05ff7192856f30d32629f25a69de39c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:51:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9e891e1a05..48c404fd5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 04da37d8ae6e58291c0bc9bcf10d0dacb3c2254a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:55:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 48c404fd5b..54193f03a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,6 +505,7 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) From 9f3aa8b9befbbb532b2051da4f9d3678effdeec2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:35:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 54193f03a3..e3d6eea983 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a385c84ea0d4909f8829f73152854d218ad54d81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e3d6eea983..2503bbe87b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believer GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 636402e6d162c177823c444af64f40dabea7e02b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:58:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2503bbe87b..c0dc73e3cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,8 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 0 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 3667fc498577026e05e2b77bee9b752616ed3aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 23:03:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c0dc73e3cc..a481ccfe1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -513,7 +513,8 @@ GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated th GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 0 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From c6d1ba2fce3d501095553e33f7e8b0c0d58ac9e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:10:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a481ccfe1f..036067e681 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -511,8 +511,8 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From 8db9fec5b24701060a8d66b0154d2c0254af8e65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:39:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 036067e681..7d2cf57cb3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and became God’s sons which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From a43cf2ee9dcc03e4d4c77148439b89a756fc9227 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7d2cf57cb3..f338446b7b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and became God’s sons which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From d7235dbff1cea4efc5a990234956179bd904fdb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:03:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f338446b7b..edbb8c4277 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 2516fb46c2b4ad39a0ae3bb4580ec43ff9198250 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:03:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index edbb8c4277..eba6f8d070 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From af13c1f5821285386844fd5b7591e2bc78d70537 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:04:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index eba6f8d070..ee25fe38ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods +GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a215a0742473e2d9aba82547fc2dd757523b5982 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:05:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ee25fe38ad..8cbdcc0f97 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From fb68aee2b0502afda7aed4c64fa4fd1824c8bb03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:14:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8cbdcc0f97..c64baa651a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -513,6 +513,7 @@ GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated th GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 e21a figs-explicit εἰδότες Θεὸν 1 Here, the phrase **known God** means “known God personally” and means more than simply having heard or known some things about God. The phrase **known God** refers to close relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been in a relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From fbca57128b6d143afaaf2eb308947dcb2b9d71cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:10:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c64baa651a..035fba1cbf 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved again** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From ded915dd0220157830d6bd45e101b66ff7bf56b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:15:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 035fba1cbf..fbfe09c383 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 64922ffe646d2de00e173669b06977717a2ffdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:16:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fbfe09c383..2c5a4b062e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” From 24a1444c2079e8f3719b069d3d4fa5524f21c03b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:17:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2c5a4b062e..de8626a3ed 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” From 5c25b9d0dd806952d58d99d2f015df0cf98e21bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:24:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index de8626a3ed..07050e7e1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -517,6 +517,8 @@ GAL 4 8 e21a figs-explicit εἰδότες Θεὸν 1 Here, the phrase **known GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 36ff83265aa19a62afe13c450facc70840a1cda9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:27:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 07050e7e1d..fe429b1e25 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a51d1851717386fc4c662c203e258852681c7faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:33:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fe429b1e25..50b8e8058a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ ο GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f583675fc5a6a84c22bc0fa49bdd92bf9c24a8f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:10:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 50b8e8058a..898d1e6457 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge and not merely to being acquainted with or familiar with facts about someone. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From cc3bd226b7f3453fa802476e15d69a171b753a7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:11:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 898d1e6457..5d80ea1763 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge and not merely to being acquainted with or familiar with facts about someone. +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts regarding them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 903dac8f1c9f0a3f691ac3ba63ed943c2b552e88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:11:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5d80ea1763..d649f11423 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts regarding them. +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 185bd30cfb6e2000a9cba4ed60009906ce9d9d93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:15:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d649f11423..ed99ab7477 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,9 +520,10 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 9 wkt9 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” From 44e0346a3fca8cde48cb0c5628d7be02183a6c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 18:49:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ed99ab7477..e0ac4a3624 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -525,7 +525,8 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turn GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” +GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes and in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From ccf300618456affa1e69586874a3764ae0c750ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:24:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e0ac4a3624..c9f190e89a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turn GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes and in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” +GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different required Jewish celebrations and religious observances by association with the words which are representative of when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 3a9e903852a9fcd3908bf0b18e9696812d102a89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:25:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c9f190e89a..d06bb3327e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different required Jewish celebrations and religious observances by association with the words which are representative of when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by association with the time related to when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 367a9632673c19e8b175ceab2ff307eaff41536b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:26:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d06bb3327e..33268617d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by association with the time related to when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 3eac1b26e3b32ea4401971b0a52953bba0ee488a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:26:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 33268617d9..2014dad328 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From a0584496016041efa1273c1dacae5844dc05f01b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:42:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2014dad328..c39afaf5d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,10 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is plural here and refers to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 011fcb9d52ed8033d7ce9f38e15a71e78ab2b44f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:45:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c39afaf5d1..fab1e9c216 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” +GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From 39730d71855a0133b201fc4e35edafe8c9b47e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:49:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fab1e9c216..fb360b439d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,6 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 00697b9453e0133d8106bf8abbd4dc85f7f82499 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 20:27:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fb360b439d..4a67336acf 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,6 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 6233f94b7893a6f117ffbc268f2796c171782f33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 22:30:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4a67336acf..7571ef2f73 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). +GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From bd91fc28d9787a6d425f53e8d6ca863080c17af5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 22:56:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7571ef2f73..0e16f15350 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” +GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From d15b7b504cc3b6f4f50bd718573434b8c799bbda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:05:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0e16f15350..f566fd5b64 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντ GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 1 3 nxtz translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 This is a common blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. +GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Brothers and sisters” GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise” @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” @@ -550,12 +550,12 @@ GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth t GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Alternate translation: “represents” or “is similar”. GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice Alternate translation: “Be happy”. -GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children of promise** could refer to: (1) Abraham’s children (2) God’s children. GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to how Abraham became Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit” GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fruit of the Spirit
The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Illustrations
Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”
Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law. GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ccdc74ce8d6f13f249fc50c6c8add79c858b75c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:06:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f566fd5b64..14e11cfc57 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον το GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md). GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments” GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From c523d98549bbd1a95f86773d3abb157dd47cfed1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:06:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 14e11cfc57..4545d314f7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no othe GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you” GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential. GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md), [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md), [Galatians 4:12](../04/12.md). +GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 165b6cf28949e4d32178af86391e5ef09f234dff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:24:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4545d314f7..658f9de30e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,6 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From e13c7c9efe64d6b32bdb4a1160d8ff83a4c6d13f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:27:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 658f9de30e..fa9a613bbc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” -GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From f21f605238b40c603aba2efa4b84ef596c147667 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:56:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fa9a613bbc..83ba3623fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,9 +533,10 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” -GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the word is **became**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From df57eae758d2c5807f4dcf589ddfd84f6c27b74e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:59:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 83ba3623fc..1bd498fc3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** ref GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the word is **became**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. From 6264d4b32765fd08f85b45f906bfbedd3482db0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:07:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1bd498fc3b..a1fee53015 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,6 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 1e7c552e492e1daef2b6124a8c11248fea2e142c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:09:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a1fee53015..f193d71fd1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” +GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong If it would help your readers this can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From 9269f1ece597e161c82472a1797498537b4ceea9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:49:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f193d71fd1..b6c9c19343 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -537,8 +537,7 @@ GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you transl GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong If it would help your readers this can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” +GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From f809a732236feca6ead77eca213acc320bc8dbc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:50:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b6c9c19343..e80decadc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -538,6 +538,9 @@ GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time** which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From fc4def7282fcc612368b48f8f04878977086420d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:51:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e80decadc4..1a17a3908a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m -GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time** which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From 82f13be3205ab48da42ef47757be7e45981b6460 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:58:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1a17a3908a..dadfbdc65c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,6 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” +GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε…ὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From b20cf2468c1b4c53995cf12cc0b5eec448dcca24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:19:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index dadfbdc65c..65f28d346d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m -GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From 92b2fbf0b149f75e9945a81358f722b4acf495bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:30:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 65f28d346d..fc77dce3d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -540,6 +540,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m +GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. From 6e81cfc799c1c89af14463149ecfce29884d5db8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:45:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fc77dce3d8..79ea63e3b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 00890d83cba50a02352d4d24ec113f7de05652f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 19:39:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 79ea63e3b1..32c2eb1358 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -543,6 +543,7 @@ GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul i GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From a460c8361123d360a48a8baaa9e47753a259e2ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 19:45:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 32c2eb1358..cab1496640 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul i GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From 4e452045b3ab2fa99415e390e5241c34333db817 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:43:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cab1496640..0a33d7f8e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -546,6 +546,8 @@ GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” +GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί μου 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 92e5918b6f0db23abf765439e87b7d60c906ea10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:43:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0a33d7f8e9..2f8fcc1384 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί μου 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 59b996b19b5f73380ca8fcdc2548f0dd4e94b74b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:45:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2f8fcc1384..b4db44fd01 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 7bbe20e3169b75967dbce560503a45b41c144b46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:46:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b4db44fd01..ec2beca222 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 1abf10deb9a8f63b2e076c38ae9a22f047d2595a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:46:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ec2beca222..cea70f2211 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **you did not despise your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b4fbe92e0141af0b163128ce4a9c12a7762af006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:12:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cea70f2211..389f6c92a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,10 +544,12 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **you did not despise your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l figs-extrainfo τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** means that Paul had some physical problem or malady that either itself caused difficulty (a **trial**) for the Galatians or caused difficulty (a **trial**) for them because they had to care for or help him as a result of his difficulty. Because Paul does not specify the specifics of how his physical malady created a **trial** for the Galatians, it is best to translate this phrase with a general phrase which leaves room for either possibility as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 119cd5109810f2c727327ec48ada0b160b6bab65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 22:26:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 389f6c92a0..f4dbe5b3c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,6 +550,7 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. . (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1c5d4c4e1a41539585b918077d91fb33efc84f30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 22:26:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f4dbe5b3c9..e2636191a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. . (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From dc269be0cabc55b738a215737d7df27fc8b45769 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:15:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e2636191a9..c8f117be16 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,7 +550,11 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 86cfaa1f7a367bd281c9d47d89cce7f6108849ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:25:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c8f117be16..891cd3d983 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -555,6 +555,7 @@ GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. The phrase **** is an idiom meaning “.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From af8a48f4b2555250785003862c4cd2e5e8524a0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:28:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 891cd3d983..c4897c96e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. The phrase **** is an idiom meaning “.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 730914227179cc070d79b9a2c3e2c3cbdbfc0bd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:59:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c4897c96e2..59c4b469b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,12 +550,14 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ****, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From caea30384ea1c524e7d52309e70867706fb601d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:41:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 59c4b469b3..b62dfb70c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -556,8 +556,9 @@ GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** i GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ****, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f5dfa747a15a5aa0411c5e470ccc697c3e2e5ba2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:44:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b62dfb70c7..c16245192a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑ GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. From 915c119278ef1c74910cab9cb7c0ec33d800d6a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:44:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c16245192a..0cd3c8ee99 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑ GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. From 48a15661035c93af9c889756ba356c2c644b8db8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:49:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0cd3c8ee99..5d0cf041f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** i GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From 00016a4486bfc1814de22f440db6f7ecfc58dece Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:38:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5d0cf041f9..3ff619b105 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,6 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8743c1ebaea170427dfdb10ecb45b56520cac7f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:40:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3ff619b105..2a27c83832 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” +GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 695891a346b5ed516b2dbca2c616a6a95d85f6e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:41:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2a27c83832..f6b4956fca 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -560,6 +560,7 @@ GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” +GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fae8d4f7d558af1c0df859b376d71e85cd892e4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:48:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f6b4956fca..ccfedde2e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθε GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 44626fe8e3f933a417b25240853816de0b4d7f14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:01:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ccfedde2e3..22cb8ceafc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,6 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 84962e2b5c05fe8a57f6e77cf7fb9231a661e96a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:07:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 22cb8ceafc..602659d280 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your languag GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From cd5f75b5e978f7e2a8cd3ab1b9f0d0b7548105bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:10:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 602659d280..4ec816e14b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -563,6 +563,7 @@ GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this vers GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7ea0402baafd3e0ff14f3d5bb78746108969de7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:10:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4ec816e14b..db229a7826 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this vers GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fedfff5b335470dc7c1a10783f64efbf6060457e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:27:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index db229a7826..c9a822ae3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθε GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” -GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6f81249dfb69804c831b9502f04fc25ddbfd582f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:54:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c9a822ae3e..fe875f8e4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,6 +565,7 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. +GAL 4 18 hjp6 δὲ grammar-connect-words-phrases 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. From 545bc0f92827e3ce758d1cddc46fe9a72a176499 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:58:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fe875f8e4d..e2ee220a06 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,8 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. -GAL 4 18 hjp6 δὲ grammar-connect-words-phrases 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. From b9db51b1c2abd21f5d59dc56996b8ed6a2a367f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 19:15:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/100] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e2ee220a06..93d5f5a82c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. -GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])